Mercurial > octave
annotate libgui/src/settings-dialog.cc @ 30564:796f54d4ddbf stable
update Octave Project Developers copyright for the new year
In files that have the "Octave Project Developers" copyright notice,
update for 2021.
In all .txi and .texi files except gpl.txi and gpl.texi in the
doc/liboctave and doc/interpreter directories, change the copyright
to "Octave Project Developers", the same as used for other source
files. Update copyright notices for 2022 (not done since 2019). For
gpl.txi and gpl.texi, change the copyright notice to be "Free Software
Foundation, Inc." and leave the date at 2007 only because this file
only contains the text of the GPL, not anything created by the Octave
Project Developers.
Add Paul Thomas to contributors.in.
author | John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org> |
---|---|
date | Tue, 28 Dec 2021 18:22:40 -0500 |
parents | 8d303ace1aff |
children | c11d34f72b3c |
rev | line source |
---|---|
27923
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
1 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
2 // |
30564
796f54d4ddbf
update Octave Project Developers copyright for the new year
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
30426
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (C) 2011-2022 The Octave Project Developers |
27923
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
4 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
5 // See the file COPYRIGHT.md in the top-level directory of this |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
6 // distribution or <https://octave.org/copyright/>. |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
7 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
8 // This file is part of Octave. |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
9 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
10 // Octave is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
11 // under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
12 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
13 // (at your option) any later version. |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
14 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
15 // Octave is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
16 // WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
17 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
18 // GNU General Public License for more details. |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
19 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
20 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
21 // along with Octave; see the file COPYING. If not, see |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
22 // <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
23 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
24 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
13674
c0e66d6e3dc8
Updated license headers and moved to AGPLv3.
Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
parents:
13672
diff
changeset
|
25 |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
26 // Programming Note: this file has many lines longer than 80 characters |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
27 // due to long function, variable, and property names. Please don't |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
28 // break those lines as it tends to make this code even harder to read. |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
29 |
21724
aba2e6293dd8
use "#if ..." consistently instead of "#ifdef" and "#ifndef"
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
21301
diff
changeset
|
30 #if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H) |
21301
40de9f8f23a6
Use '#include "config.h"' rather than <config.h>.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21213
diff
changeset
|
31 # include "config.h" |
15286
ae9079bbc627
Add '#include <config.h>' to C++ files in libgui/src
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
15274
diff
changeset
|
32 #endif |
ae9079bbc627
Add '#include <config.h>' to C++ files in libgui/src
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
15274
diff
changeset
|
33 |
25410
cdaa884568b1
add Qt include needed to build against Qt 5.11 (bug #53978)
Mike Miller <mtmiller@octave.org>
parents:
25103
diff
changeset
|
34 #include <QButtonGroup> |
15972
22ab4fe661d7
gui: selectable language in settings dialog
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
15914
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <QDir> |
27412
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
36 #include <QFileDialog> |
15972
22ab4fe661d7
gui: selectable language in settings dialog
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
15914
diff
changeset
|
37 #include <QFileInfo> |
17676
c060ad097056
add menu entries to the editor for directly accessing the editor's settings
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16865
diff
changeset
|
38 #include <QHash> |
22177
6e9f5408c0db
Save settings in Qt convention, delete all children in destructors (bug #45366)
Daniel J Sebald <daniel.sebald@ieee.org>
parents:
22022
diff
changeset
|
39 #include <QMessageBox> |
25480
00bfb85bfb28
improve panes in gui preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25469
diff
changeset
|
40 #include <QScrollBar> |
26227
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
41 #include <QStyleFactory> |
20731
83611b387bc5
provide a user preference for the encoding used by the editor (bug #45597)
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
42 #include <QTextCodec> |
27412
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
43 #include <QVector> |
13501 | 44 |
21724
aba2e6293dd8
use "#if ..." consistently instead of "#ifdef" and "#ifndef"
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
21301
diff
changeset
|
45 #if defined (HAVE_QSCINTILLA) |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
46 # include "octave-qscintilla.h" |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
47 # include "octave-txt-lexer.h" |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
48 # include <QScrollArea> |
16667
7f6f0b3f7369
Allow build to continue without QScintilla lexer for Octave
Ben Abbott <bpabbott@mac.com>
parents:
16646
diff
changeset
|
49 |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
50 # if defined (HAVE_QSCI_QSCILEXEROCTAVE_H) |
21213
f7d1050b9b53
maint: Clean up various usages of #ifdef.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21203
diff
changeset
|
51 # define HAVE_LEXER_OCTAVE 1 |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
52 # include <Qsci/qscilexeroctave.h> |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
53 # elif defined (HAVE_QSCI_QSCILEXERMATLAB_H) |
21213
f7d1050b9b53
maint: Clean up various usages of #ifdef.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21203
diff
changeset
|
54 # define HAVE_LEXER_MATLAB 1 |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
55 # include <Qsci/qscilexermatlab.h> |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
56 # endif |
16677
f6dfc7705623
* settings-dialog.cc: enable octave lexer editor styles if lexer is present
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16667
diff
changeset
|
57 |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
58 # include <Qsci/qscilexercpp.h> |
29165
617d3aa713a4
add java file support in gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29162
diff
changeset
|
59 # include <Qsci/qscilexerjava.h> |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
60 # include <Qsci/qscilexerbash.h> |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
61 # include <Qsci/qscilexerperl.h> |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
62 # include <Qsci/qscilexerbatch.h> |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
63 # include <Qsci/qscilexerdiff.h> |
16402
7fa90eb41240
gui: individually configurable styles of the editor lexers
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16379
diff
changeset
|
64 #endif |
7fa90eb41240
gui: individually configurable styles of the editor lexers
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16379
diff
changeset
|
65 |
27560
3fcc650de22f
split gui-preferences.h into one file per widget
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27412
diff
changeset
|
66 #include "gui-preferences-all.h" |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
67 #include "octave-qobject.h" |
29560
5b7e721844df
provide QOverload template if it is not in <QtGlobal> (bug #60416)
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29542
diff
changeset
|
68 #include "octave-qtutils.h" |
27412
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
69 #include "settings-dialog.h" |
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
70 #include "variable-editor.h" |
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
71 #include "workspace-model.h" |
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
72 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
73 namespace octave |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
74 { |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
75 |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
76 settings_dialog::settings_dialog (QWidget *p, base_qobject& oct_qobj, |
27620
45bb5bbaf291
don't use singleton pattern for resource manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27613
diff
changeset
|
77 const QString& desired_tab) |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
78 : QDialog (p), Ui::settings_dialog (), m_octave_qobj (oct_qobj) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
79 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
80 setupUi (this); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
81 |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
82 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
83 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
84 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
85 if (! settings) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
86 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
87 QMessageBox msgBox |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
88 (QMessageBox::Warning, tr ("Octave Preferences"), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
89 tr ("Unable to save preferences. Missing preferences file or unknown directory.")); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
90 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
91 msgBox.exec (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
92 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
93 return; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
94 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
95 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
96 // look for available language files and the actual settings |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
97 QString qm_dir_name = rmgr.get_gui_translation_dir (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
98 QDir qm_dir (qm_dir_name); |
27935
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
99 QFileInfoList qm_files = qm_dir.entryInfoList (QStringList ("*.qm"), |
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
100 QDir::Files | QDir::Readable, QDir::Name); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
101 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
102 for (int i = 0; i < qm_files.length (); i++) // insert available languages |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
103 comboBox_language->addItem (qm_files.at (i).baseName ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
104 // System at beginning |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
105 comboBox_language->insertItem (0, tr ("System setting")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
106 comboBox_language->insertSeparator (1); // separator after System |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
107 QString language = settings->value (global_language.key, |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
108 global_language.def).toString (); |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
109 if (language == global_language.def.toString ()) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
110 language = tr ("System setting"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
111 int selected = comboBox_language->findText (language); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
112 if (selected >= 0) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
113 comboBox_language->setCurrentIndex (selected); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
114 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
115 comboBox_language->setCurrentIndex (0); // System is default |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
116 |
26227
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
117 // Global style |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
118 QStringList styles = QStyleFactory::keys(); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
119 combo_styles->addItems (styles); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
120 combo_styles->insertItem (0, global_style.def.toString ()); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
121 combo_styles->insertSeparator (1); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
122 QString current_style = settings->value (global_style).toString (); |
26227
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
123 if (current_style == global_style.def.toString ()) |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
124 current_style = global_style.def.toString (); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
125 selected = combo_styles->findText (current_style); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
126 if (selected >= 0) |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
127 combo_styles->setCurrentIndex (selected); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
128 else |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
129 combo_styles->setCurrentIndex (0); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
130 |
26140
8fb8cb4a03f8
preference for (not) using system icon theme
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26135
diff
changeset
|
131 // icon size and theme |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
132 QButtonGroup *icon_size_group = new QButtonGroup (this); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
133 icon_size_group->addButton (icon_size_small); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
134 icon_size_group->addButton (icon_size_normal); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
135 icon_size_group->addButton (icon_size_large); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
136 int icon_size = settings->value (global_icon_size).toInt (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
137 icon_size_normal->setChecked (true); // the default |
26135
a332d83cc659
fix use of icon size preferences
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26096
diff
changeset
|
138 icon_size_small->setChecked (icon_size < 0); |
a332d83cc659
fix use of icon size preferences
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26096
diff
changeset
|
139 icon_size_large->setChecked (icon_size > 0); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
140 cb_system_icon_theme->setChecked (settings->value (global_icon_theme).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
141 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
142 // which icon has to be selected |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
143 QButtonGroup *icon_group = new QButtonGroup (this); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
144 icon_group->addButton (general_icon_octave); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
145 icon_group->addButton (general_icon_graphic); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
146 icon_group->addButton (general_icon_letter); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
147 QString widget_icon_set = |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
148 settings->value (dw_icon_set).toString (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
149 general_icon_octave->setChecked (true); // the default (if invalid set) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
150 general_icon_octave->setChecked (widget_icon_set == "NONE"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
151 general_icon_graphic->setChecked (widget_icon_set == "GRAPHIC"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
152 general_icon_letter->setChecked (widget_icon_set == "LETTER"); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
153 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
154 // custom title bar of dock widget |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
155 QColor bg_color = settings->value (dw_title_bg_color).value<QColor> (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
156 m_widget_title_bg_color = new color_picker (bg_color); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
157 m_widget_title_bg_color->setEnabled (false); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
158 layout_widget_bgtitle->addWidget (m_widget_title_bg_color, 0); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
159 |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
160 connect (cb_widget_custom_style, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
161 m_widget_title_bg_color, &color_picker::setEnabled); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
162 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
163 QColor bg_color_active = settings->value (dw_title_bg_color_active).value<QColor> (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
164 m_widget_title_bg_color_active = new color_picker (bg_color_active); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
165 m_widget_title_bg_color_active->setEnabled (false); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
166 layout_widget_bgtitle_active->addWidget (m_widget_title_bg_color_active, 0); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
167 |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
168 connect (cb_widget_custom_style, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
169 m_widget_title_bg_color_active, &color_picker::setEnabled); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
170 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
171 QColor fg_color = settings->value (dw_title_fg_color).value<QColor> (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
172 m_widget_title_fg_color = new color_picker (fg_color); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
173 m_widget_title_fg_color->setEnabled (false); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
174 layout_widget_fgtitle->addWidget (m_widget_title_fg_color, 0); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
175 |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
176 connect (cb_widget_custom_style, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
177 m_widget_title_fg_color, &color_picker::setEnabled); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
178 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
179 QColor fg_color_active = settings->value (dw_title_fg_color_active).value<QColor> (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
180 m_widget_title_fg_color_active = new color_picker (fg_color_active); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
181 m_widget_title_fg_color_active->setEnabled (false); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
182 layout_widget_fgtitle_active->addWidget (m_widget_title_fg_color_active, 0); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
183 |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
184 connect (cb_widget_custom_style, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
185 m_widget_title_fg_color_active, &color_picker::setEnabled); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
186 |
27935
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
187 sb_3d_title->setValue (settings->value (dw_title_3d.key, |
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
188 dw_title_3d.def).toInt ()); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
189 cb_widget_custom_style->setChecked (settings->value (dw_title_custom_style).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
190 |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
191 // Native file dialogs. |
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
192 // FIXME: This preference can be deprecated / removed if all display |
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
193 // managers, especially KDE, run those dialogs without hangs or |
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
194 // delays from the start (bug #54607). |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
195 cb_use_native_file_dialogs->setChecked (settings->value (global_use_native_dialogs).toBool ()); |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
196 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
197 // Cursor blinking: consider old terminal related setting if not yet set |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
198 // FIXME: This pref. can be deprecated / removed if Qt adds support for |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
199 // getting the cursor blink preferences from all OS environments |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
200 if (settings->contains (global_cursor_blinking.key)) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
201 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
202 // Preference exists, read its value |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
203 cb_cursor_blinking->setChecked (settings->value |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
204 (global_cursor_blinking.key, global_cursor_blinking.def).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
205 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
206 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
207 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
208 // Pref. does not exist, so take old terminal related pref. |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
209 cb_cursor_blinking->setChecked (settings->value |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
210 (cs_cursor_blinking.key, cs_cursor_blinking.def).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
211 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
212 |
29202
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
213 // focus follows mouse |
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
214 cb_focus_follows_mouse->setChecked ( |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
215 settings->value (dw_focus_follows_mouse).toBool ()); |
29202
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
216 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
217 // prompt on exit |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
218 cb_prompt_to_exit->setChecked ( |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
219 settings->value (global_prompt_to_exit.key, global_prompt_to_exit.def).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
220 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
221 // Main status bar |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
222 cb_status_bar->setChecked ( |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
223 settings->value (global_status_bar.key, global_status_bar.def).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
224 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
225 // Octave startup |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
226 cb_restore_octave_dir->setChecked ( |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
227 settings->value (global_restore_ov_dir.key, global_restore_ov_dir.def).toBool ()); |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
228 le_octave_dir->setText (settings->value (global_ov_startup_dir.key, |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
229 global_ov_startup_dir.def).toString ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
230 |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
231 connect (pb_octave_dir, &QPushButton::pressed, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
232 this, &settings_dialog::get_octave_dir); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
233 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
234 // |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
235 // editor |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
236 // |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
237 useCustomFileEditor->setChecked ( |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
238 settings->value (global_use_custom_editor.key, global_use_custom_editor.def).toBool ()); |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
239 customFileEditor->setText ( |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
240 settings->value (global_custom_editor.key, global_custom_editor.def).toString ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
241 editor_showLineNumbers->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_line_numbers).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
242 editor_linenr_size->setValue (settings->value (ed_line_numbers_size).toInt ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
243 |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
244 rmgr.combo_encoding (editor_combo_encoding); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
245 |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
246 editor_highlightCurrentLine->setChecked (settings->value (ed_highlight_current_line).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
247 editor_long_line_marker->setChecked (settings->value (ed_long_line_marker).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
248 bool long_line = |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
249 settings->value (ed_long_line_marker_line).toBool (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
250 editor_long_line_marker_line->setChecked (long_line); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
251 bool long_back = |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
252 settings->value (ed_long_line_marker_background).toBool (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
253 editor_long_line_marker_background->setChecked (long_back); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
254 if (! (long_line || long_back)) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
255 editor_long_line_marker_line->setChecked (true); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
256 editor_long_line_column->setValue (settings->value (ed_long_line_column).toInt ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
257 editor_break_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_break_lines).toBool ()); |
28334
f54cc65a487b
fix break long editor lines preference (bug #58396)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27935
diff
changeset
|
258 editor_break_comments_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_break_lines_comments).toBool ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
259 editor_wrap_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_wrap_lines).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
260 cb_edit_status_bar->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_edit_status_bar).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
261 cb_edit_tool_bar->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_toolbar).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
262 cb_code_folding->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_folding).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
263 editor_highlight_all_occurrences->setChecked (settings->value (ed_highlight_all_occurrences).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
264 |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
265 editor_auto_endif->setCurrentIndex (settings->value (ed_auto_endif).toInt () ); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
266 editor_codeCompletion->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
267 editor_spinbox_ac_threshold->setValue (settings->value (ed_code_completion_threshold).toInt ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
268 editor_checkbox_ac_keywords->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_keywords).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
269 editor_checkbox_ac_builtins->setEnabled (editor_checkbox_ac_keywords->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
270 editor_checkbox_ac_functions->setEnabled (editor_checkbox_ac_keywords->isChecked ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
271 editor_checkbox_ac_builtins->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_octave_builtins).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
272 editor_checkbox_ac_functions->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_octave_functions).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
273 editor_checkbox_ac_document->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_document).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
274 editor_checkbox_ac_case->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_case).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
275 editor_checkbox_ac_replace->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_replace).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
276 editor_ws_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_white_space).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
277 editor_ws_indent_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_white_space_indent).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
278 cb_show_eol->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_eol_chars).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
279 cb_show_hscrollbar->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_hscroll_bar).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
280 |
27890
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
281 for (int i = 0; i < ed_tab_position_names.length (); i++) |
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
282 editor_combox_tab_pos->insertItem (i, |
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
283 tr (ed_tab_position_names.at (i).toStdString ().data ())); |
27276
7455523fdf01
style fixes: avoid breaking lines immediately after '('
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27102
diff
changeset
|
284 editor_combox_tab_pos->setCurrentIndex |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
285 (settings->value (ed_tab_position).toInt ()); |
27055
b38807a23fd2
add a preference for the tab positions in the editor (bug #56158)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
26530
diff
changeset
|
286 |
29467
80457383d5e1
allow rotated tabs in the file editor (bug #60276)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29359
diff
changeset
|
287 editor_cb_tabs_rotated->setChecked (settings->value (ed_tabs_rotated).toBool ()); |
80457383d5e1
allow rotated tabs in the file editor (bug #60276)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29359
diff
changeset
|
288 editor_sb_tabs_max_width->setValue (settings->value (ed_tabs_max_width).toInt ()); |
80457383d5e1
allow rotated tabs in the file editor (bug #60276)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29359
diff
changeset
|
289 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
290 int selected_comment_string, selected_uncomment_string; |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
291 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
292 if (settings->contains (ed_comment_str.key)) // new version (radio buttons) |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
293 selected_comment_string = settings->value (ed_comment_str).toInt (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
294 else // old version (combo box) |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
295 selected_comment_string = settings->value (ed_comment_str_old.key, ed_comment_str.def).toInt (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
296 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
297 selected_uncomment_string = settings->value (ed_uncomment_str).toInt (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
298 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
299 for (int i = 0; i < ed_comment_strings_count; i++) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
300 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
301 m_rb_comment_strings[i] = new QRadioButton (); |
26530
dc02f20df07d
Use check boxes for "uncommenting text" strings in editor properties (bug #55404).
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
26518
diff
changeset
|
302 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i] = new QCheckBox (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
303 |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
304 connect (m_rb_comment_strings[i], &QRadioButton::clicked, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
305 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i], &QCheckBox::setChecked); |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
306 connect (m_rb_comment_strings[i], &QRadioButton::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
307 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i], &QCheckBox::setDisabled); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
308 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
309 m_rb_comment_strings[i]->setText (ed_comment_strings.at(i)); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
310 m_rb_comment_strings[i]->setChecked (i == selected_comment_string); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
311 layout_comment_strings->addWidget (m_rb_comment_strings[i]); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
312 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
313 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i]->setText (ed_comment_strings.at(i)); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
314 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i]->setAutoExclusive (false); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
315 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i]->setChecked ( 1 << i & selected_uncomment_string); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
316 layout_uncomment_strings->addWidget (m_rb_uncomment_strings[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
317 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
318 |
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
319 |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
320 combo_eol_mode->setCurrentIndex (settings->value (ed_default_eol_mode).toInt ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
321 editor_auto_ind_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_auto_indent).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
322 editor_tab_ind_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_tab_indents_line).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
323 editor_bs_unind_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_backspace_unindents_line).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
324 editor_ind_guides_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_indent_guides).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
325 editor_ind_width_spinbox->setValue (settings->value (ed_indent_width).toInt ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
326 editor_ind_uses_tabs_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_indent_uses_tabs).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
327 editor_tab_width_spinbox->setValue (settings->value (ed_tab_width).toInt ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
328 editor_restoreSession->setChecked (settings->value (ed_restore_session).toBool ()); |
27849
28d7ec92bae6
replace prefs literals by symbolic constant in main window
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27818
diff
changeset
|
329 editor_create_new_file->setChecked (settings->value (ed_create_new_file).toBool ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
330 editor_reload_changed_files->setChecked (settings->value (ed_always_reload_changed_files).toBool ()); |
28132
4cfe24f56336
add editor prefs for forcing coding standards (bug #57860, bug #57861)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27935
diff
changeset
|
331 editor_force_newline->setChecked (settings->value (ed_force_newline).toBool ()); |
4cfe24f56336
add editor prefs for forcing coding standards (bug #57860, bug #57861)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27935
diff
changeset
|
332 editor_remove_trailing_spaces->setChecked (settings->value (ed_rm_trailing_spaces).toBool ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
333 editor_hiding_closes_files->setChecked (settings->value (ed_hiding_closes_files).toBool ()); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
334 editor_show_dbg_file->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_dbg_file).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
335 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
336 // terminal |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
337 QString default_font = settings->value (global_mono_font).toString (); |
26008
38a881b8fbec
do not use courier new as default font (bug #54086)
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25974
diff
changeset
|
338 terminal_fontName->setCurrentFont (QFont (settings->value (cs_font.key, default_font).toString ())); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
339 terminal_fontSize->setValue (settings->value (cs_font_size).toInt ()); |
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
340 terminal_history_buffer->setValue (settings->value (cs_hist_buffer).toInt ()); |
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
341 terminal_cursorUseForegroundColor->setChecked (settings->value (cs_cursor_use_fgcol).toBool ()); |
27849
28d7ec92bae6
replace prefs literals by symbolic constant in main window
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27818
diff
changeset
|
342 terminal_focus_command->setChecked (settings->value (cs_focus_cmd).toBool ()); |
28d7ec92bae6
replace prefs literals by symbolic constant in main window
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27818
diff
changeset
|
343 terminal_print_dbg_location->setChecked (settings->value (cs_dbg_location).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
344 |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
345 QString cursor_type |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
346 = settings->value (cs_cursor).toString (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
347 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
348 QStringList items; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
349 items << QString ("0") << QString ("1") << QString ("2"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
350 terminal_cursorType->addItems (items); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
351 terminal_cursorType->setItemText (0, tr ("IBeam Cursor")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
352 terminal_cursorType->setItemText (1, tr ("Block Cursor")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
353 terminal_cursorType->setItemText (2, tr ("Underline Cursor")); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
354 |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
355 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < cs_cursor_types.size (); i++) |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
356 { |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
357 if (cursor_type.toStdString () == cs_cursor_types[i]) |
27935
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
358 { |
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
359 terminal_cursorType->setCurrentIndex (i); |
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
360 break; |
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
361 } |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
362 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
363 |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
364 read_terminal_colors (settings); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
365 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
366 // file browser |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
367 connect (sync_octave_directory, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
368 this, &settings_dialog::set_disabled_pref_file_browser_dir); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
369 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
370 sync_octave_directory->setChecked (settings->value (fb_sync_octdir).toBool ()); |
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
371 cb_restore_file_browser_dir->setChecked (settings->value (fb_restore_last_dir).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
372 le_file_browser_dir->setText (settings->value (fb_startup_dir.key).toString ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
373 |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
374 connect (pb_file_browser_dir, &QPushButton::pressed, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
375 this, &settings_dialog::get_file_browser_dir); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
376 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
377 le_file_browser_extensions->setText (settings->value (fb_txt_file_ext).toString ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
378 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
379 checkbox_allow_web_connect->setChecked (settings->value (nr_allow_connection).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
380 |
28409
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
381 // Proxy |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
382 bool use_proxy = settings->value (global_use_proxy.key, global_use_proxy.def).toBool (); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
383 use_proxy_server->setChecked (use_proxy); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
384 // Fill combo box and activate current one |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
385 QString proxy_type_string = settings->value (global_proxy_type.key, global_proxy_type.def).toString (); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
386 proxy_type->addItems (global_proxy_all_types); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
387 for (int i = 0; i < global_proxy_all_types.length (); i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
388 { |
28409
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
389 if (proxy_type->itemText (i) == proxy_type_string) |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
390 { |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
391 proxy_type->setCurrentIndex (i); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
392 break; |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
393 } |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
394 } |
28409
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
395 // Fill all line edits |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
396 proxy_host_name->setText (settings->value (global_proxy_host.key, global_proxy_host.def).toString ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
397 proxy_port->setText (settings->value (global_proxy_port.key, global_proxy_port.def).toString ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
398 proxy_username->setText (settings->value (global_proxy_user.key, global_proxy_user.def).toString ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
399 proxy_password->setText (settings->value (global_proxy_pass.key, global_proxy_pass.def).toString ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
400 // Connect relevant signals for dis-/enabling some elements |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
401 connect (proxy_type, QOverload<int>::of (&QComboBox::currentIndexChanged), |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
402 this, &settings_dialog::proxy_items_update); |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
403 connect (use_proxy_server, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
404 this, &settings_dialog::proxy_items_update); |
28409
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
405 // Check whehter line edits have to be enabled |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
406 proxy_items_update (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
407 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
408 // Workspace |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
409 read_workspace_colors (settings); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
410 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
411 // variable editor |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
412 varedit_columnWidth->setValue (settings->value (ve_column_width).toInt ()); |
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
413 varedit_rowHeight->setValue (settings->value (ve_row_height).toInt ()); |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
414 |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
415 varedit_font->setCurrentFont (QFont (settings->value (ve_font_name.key, |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
416 settings->value (cs_font.key, default_font)).toString ())); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
417 varedit_fontSize->setValue (settings->value (ve_font_size).toInt ()); |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
418 connect (varedit_useTerminalFont, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
419 varedit_font, &QFontComboBox::setDisabled); |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
420 connect (varedit_useTerminalFont, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
421 varedit_fontSize, &QSpinBox::setDisabled); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
422 varedit_useTerminalFont->setChecked (settings->value (ve_use_terminal_font).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
423 varedit_font->setDisabled (varedit_useTerminalFont->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
424 varedit_fontSize->setDisabled (varedit_useTerminalFont->isChecked ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
425 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
426 varedit_alternate->setChecked (settings->value (ve_alternate_rows).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
427 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
428 // variable editor colors |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
429 read_varedit_colors (settings); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
430 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
431 // shortcuts |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
432 |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
433 shortcut_manager& scmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_shortcut_manager (); |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
434 |
27818
fa0582694fda
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for shortcut preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27805
diff
changeset
|
435 cb_prevent_readline_conflicts->setChecked ( |
fa0582694fda
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for shortcut preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27805
diff
changeset
|
436 settings->value (sc_prevent_rl_conflicts.key, |
fa0582694fda
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for shortcut preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27805
diff
changeset
|
437 sc_prevent_rl_conflicts.def).toBool ()); |
29084
2a70a068c4ab
add option for using alt-modifer in command windows readline (bug #59478)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28409
diff
changeset
|
438 cb_prevent_readline_conflicts_menu->setChecked ( |
2a70a068c4ab
add option for using alt-modifer in command windows readline (bug #59478)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28409
diff
changeset
|
439 settings->value (sc_prevent_rl_conflicts_menu.key, |
2a70a068c4ab
add option for using alt-modifer in command windows readline (bug #59478)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28409
diff
changeset
|
440 sc_prevent_rl_conflicts_menu.def).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
441 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
442 // initialize the tree view with all shortcut data |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
443 scmgr.fill_treewidget (shortcuts_treewidget); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
444 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
445 // connect the buttons for import/export of the shortcut sets |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
446 connect (btn_import_shortcut_set, &QPushButton::clicked, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
447 this, &settings_dialog::import_shortcut_set); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
448 |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
449 connect (btn_export_shortcut_set, &QPushButton::clicked, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
450 this, &settings_dialog::export_shortcut_set); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
451 |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
452 connect (btn_default_shortcut_set, &QPushButton::clicked, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
453 this, &settings_dialog::default_shortcut_set); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
454 |
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
455 #if defined (HAVE_QSCINTILLA) |
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
456 |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
457 int ed_mode = settings->value (ed_color_mode).toInt (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
458 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
459 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode = new QCheckBox (settings_color_modes, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
460 group_box_editor_styles); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
461 cb_color_mode->setToolTip (settings_color_modes_tooltip); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
462 cb_color_mode->setChecked (ed_mode > 0); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
463 cb_color_mode->setObjectName (ed_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
464 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
465 QPushButton *pb_reload_default_colors = new QPushButton (settings_reload_styles); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
466 pb_reload_default_colors->setToolTip (settings_reload_styles_tooltip); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
467 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
468 editor_style_grid->addWidget (cb_color_mode, 0, 0); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
469 editor_style_grid->addWidget (pb_reload_default_colors, 0, 1); |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
470 editor_style_grid->addItem (new QSpacerItem (5, 5, QSizePolicy::Expanding), 0, 2); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
471 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
472 |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
473 |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
474 // update colors depending on second theme selection |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
475 connect (cb_color_mode, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
476 this, &settings_dialog::update_editor_lexers); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
477 connect (pb_reload_default_colors, &QPushButton::clicked, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
478 [=] () { update_editor_lexers (settings_reload_default_colors_flag); }); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
479 |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
480 // finally read the lexer colors using the update slot |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
481 update_editor_lexers (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
482 |
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
483 #endif |
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
484 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
485 // which tab is the desired one? |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
486 show_tab (desired_tab); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
487 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
488 // connect button box signal |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
489 connect (button_box, &QDialogButtonBox::clicked, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
490 this, &settings_dialog::button_clicked); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
491 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
492 // restore last geometry |
27867
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
493 if (settings->contains (sd_geometry.key)) |
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
494 restoreGeometry (settings->value (sd_geometry).toByteArray ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
495 else |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
496 setGeometry (QRect (10, 50, 1000, 600)); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
497 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
498 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
499 void settings_dialog::show_tab (const QString& tab) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
500 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
501 if (tab.isEmpty ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
502 { |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
503 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
504 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
505 if (settings) |
27867
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
506 tabWidget->setCurrentIndex (settings->value (sd_last_tab).toInt ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
507 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
508 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
509 { |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
510 QHash <QString, QWidget *> tab_hash; |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
511 tab_hash["editor"] = tab_editor; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
512 tab_hash["editor_styles"] = tab_editor; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
513 tabWidget->setCurrentIndex (tabWidget->indexOf (tab_hash.value (tab))); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
514 if (tab == "editor_styles") |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
515 tab_editor_scroll_area->ensureWidgetVisible (group_box_editor_styles); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
516 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
517 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
518 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
519 void settings_dialog::get_octave_dir (void) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
520 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
521 get_dir (le_octave_dir, tr ("Set Octave Startup Directory")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
522 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
523 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
524 void settings_dialog::get_file_browser_dir (void) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
525 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
526 get_dir (le_file_browser_dir, tr ("Set File Browser Startup Directory")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
527 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
528 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
529 void settings_dialog::get_dir (QLineEdit *line_edit, const QString& title) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
530 { |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
531 // FIXME: Remove, if for all common KDE versions (bug #54607) is resolved. |
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
532 int opts = QFileDialog::ShowDirsOnly | QFileDialog::DontResolveSymlinks; |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
533 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
534 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
535 if (! settings->value (global_use_native_dialogs).toBool ()) |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
536 opts |= QFileDialog::DontUseNativeDialog; |
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
537 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
538 QString dir = QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
539 (this, title, line_edit->text (), QFileDialog::Option (opts)); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
540 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
541 line_edit->setText (dir); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
542 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
543 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
544 void settings_dialog::button_clicked (QAbstractButton *button) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
545 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
546 QDialogButtonBox::ButtonRole button_role = button_box->buttonRole (button); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
547 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
548 if (button_role == QDialogButtonBox::ApplyRole |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
549 || button_role == QDialogButtonBox::AcceptRole) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
550 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
551 write_changed_settings (button_role == QDialogButtonBox::AcceptRole); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
552 emit apply_new_settings (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
553 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
554 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
555 if (button_role == QDialogButtonBox::RejectRole |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
556 || button_role == QDialogButtonBox::AcceptRole) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
557 close (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
558 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
559 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
560 void settings_dialog::set_disabled_pref_file_browser_dir (bool disable) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
561 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
562 cb_restore_file_browser_dir->setDisabled (disable); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
563 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
564 if (! disable) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
565 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
566 le_file_browser_dir->setDisabled (cb_restore_file_browser_dir->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
567 pb_file_browser_dir->setDisabled (cb_restore_file_browser_dir->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
568 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
569 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
570 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
571 le_file_browser_dir->setDisabled (disable); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
572 pb_file_browser_dir->setDisabled (disable); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
573 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
574 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
575 |
28409
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
576 // slot for updating enabled state of proxy settings |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
577 void settings_dialog::proxy_items_update (void) |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
578 { |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
579 bool use_proxy = use_proxy_server->isChecked (); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
580 |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
581 bool manual = false; |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
582 for (int i = 0; i < global_proxy_manual_types.length (); i++) |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
583 { |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
584 if (proxy_type->currentIndex () == global_proxy_manual_types.at (i)) |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
585 { |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
586 manual = true; |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
587 break; |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
588 } |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
589 } |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
590 |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
591 proxy_type->setEnabled (use_proxy); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
592 proxy_host_name_label->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
593 proxy_host_name->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
594 proxy_port_label->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
595 proxy_port->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
596 proxy_username_label->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
597 proxy_username->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
598 proxy_password_label->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
599 proxy_password->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
600 } |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
601 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
602 // slots for import/export of shortcut sets |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
603 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
604 void settings_dialog::import_shortcut_set (void) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
605 { |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
606 shortcut_manager& scmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_shortcut_manager (); |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
607 |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
608 scmgr.import_export (shortcut_manager::OSC_IMPORT); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
609 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
610 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
611 void settings_dialog::export_shortcut_set (void) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
612 { |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
613 shortcut_manager& scmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_shortcut_manager (); |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
614 |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
615 scmgr.import_export (shortcut_manager::OSC_EXPORT); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
616 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
617 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
618 void settings_dialog::default_shortcut_set (void) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
619 { |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
620 shortcut_manager& scmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_shortcut_manager (); |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
621 |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
622 scmgr.import_export (shortcut_manager::OSC_DEFAULT); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
623 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
624 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
625 void settings_dialog::update_editor_lexers (int def) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
626 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
627 #if defined (HAVE_QSCINTILLA) |
30426
8d303ace1aff
build: Include QScintilla header conditionally on configure result
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
30398
diff
changeset
|
628 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
629 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
630 = group_box_editor_styles->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ed_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
631 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
632 int m = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
633 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
634 m = 1; |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
635 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
636 // editor styles: create lexer, read settings, and |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
637 // create or update dialog elements |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
638 QsciLexer *lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
639 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
640 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
641 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
642 |
30426
8d303ace1aff
build: Include QScintilla header conditionally on configure result
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
30398
diff
changeset
|
643 # if defined (HAVE_LEXER_OCTAVE) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
644 lexer = new QsciLexerOctave (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
645 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
646 delete lexer; |
30426
8d303ace1aff
build: Include QScintilla header conditionally on configure result
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
30398
diff
changeset
|
647 # elif defined (HAVE_LEXER_MATLAB) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
648 lexer = new QsciLexerMatlab (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
649 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
650 delete lexer; |
30426
8d303ace1aff
build: Include QScintilla header conditionally on configure result
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
30398
diff
changeset
|
651 # endif |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
652 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
653 lexer = new QsciLexerCPP (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
654 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
655 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
656 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
657 lexer = new QsciLexerJava (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
658 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
659 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
660 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
661 lexer = new QsciLexerPerl (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
662 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
663 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
664 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
665 lexer = new QsciLexerBatch (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
666 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
667 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
668 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
669 lexer = new QsciLexerDiff (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
670 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
671 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
672 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
673 lexer = new QsciLexerBash (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
674 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
675 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
676 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
677 lexer = new octave_txt_lexer (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
678 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
679 delete lexer; |
30426
8d303ace1aff
build: Include QScintilla header conditionally on configure result
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
30398
diff
changeset
|
680 |
8d303ace1aff
build: Include QScintilla header conditionally on configure result
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
30398
diff
changeset
|
681 #else |
8d303ace1aff
build: Include QScintilla header conditionally on configure result
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
30398
diff
changeset
|
682 |
8d303ace1aff
build: Include QScintilla header conditionally on configure result
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
30398
diff
changeset
|
683 octave_unused_parameter (def); |
8d303ace1aff
build: Include QScintilla header conditionally on configure result
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
30398
diff
changeset
|
684 |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
685 #endif |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
686 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
687 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
688 #if defined (HAVE_QSCINTILLA) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
689 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
690 void settings_dialog::update_lexer (QsciLexer *lexer, gui_settings *settings, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
691 int mode, int def) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
692 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
693 // Get lexer settings and copy from default settings if not yet |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
694 // available in normal settings file |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
695 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
696 rmgr.read_lexer_settings (lexer, settings, mode, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
697 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
698 // When reloading default styles, the style tabs do already exists. |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
699 // Otherwise, check if they exist or not. |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
700 QString lexer_name = lexer->language (); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
701 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
702 int index = -1; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
703 for (int i = 0; i < tabs_editor_lexers->count (); i++) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
704 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
705 if (tabs_editor_lexers->tabText (i) == lexer_name) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
706 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
707 index = i; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
708 break; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
709 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
710 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
711 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
712 if (index == -1) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
713 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
714 // This is not an update, call get_lexer_settings for building |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
715 // the settings tab |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
716 get_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
717 return; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
718 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
719 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
720 // Update the styles elements in all styles |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
721 int styles[ed_max_lexer_styles]; // array for saving valid styles |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
722 int max_style = rmgr.get_valid_lexer_styles (lexer, styles); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
723 QWidget *tab = tabs_editor_lexers->widget (index); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
724 int default_size = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
725 QString default_family; |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
726 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
727 for (int i = 0; i < max_style; i++) // create dialog elements for all styles |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
728 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
729 QString actual_name = lexer->description (styles[i]); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
730 color_picker *bg_color |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
731 = tab->findChild <color_picker *> (actual_name + "_bg_color"); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
732 if (bg_color) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
733 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
734 // Update |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
735 if (styles[i] == 0) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
736 bg_color->set_color (lexer->defaultPaper ()); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
737 else |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
738 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
739 if (lexer->paper (styles[i]) == lexer->defaultPaper ()) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
740 bg_color->set_color (settings_color_no_change); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
741 else |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
742 bg_color->set_color (lexer->paper (styles[i])); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
743 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
744 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
745 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
746 color_picker *color = tab->findChild <color_picker *> (actual_name + "_color"); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
747 if (color) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
748 color->set_color (lexer->color (styles[i])); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
749 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
750 QFont font = lexer->font (styles[i]); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
751 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
752 QCheckBox *cb = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_bold"); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
753 if (cb) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
754 cb->setChecked (font.bold ()); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
755 cb = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_italic"); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
756 if (cb) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
757 cb->setChecked (font.italic ()); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
758 cb = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_underline"); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
759 if (cb) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
760 cb->setChecked (font.underline ()); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
761 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
762 QFontComboBox *fcb = tab->findChild <QFontComboBox *> (actual_name + "_font"); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
763 if (fcb) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
764 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
765 if (styles[i] == 0) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
766 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
767 default_family = font.family (); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
768 fcb->setEditText (default_family); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
769 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
770 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
771 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
772 if (font.family () == default_family) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
773 fcb->setEditText (lexer->description (0)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
774 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
775 fcb->setEditText (font.family ()); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
776 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
777 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
778 QSpinBox *fs = tab->findChild <QSpinBox *> (actual_name + "_size"); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
779 if (fs) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
780 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
781 if (styles[i] == 0) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
782 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
783 default_size = font.pointSize (); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
784 fs->setValue (default_size); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
785 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
786 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
787 fs->setValue (font.pointSize () - default_size); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
788 } |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
789 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
790 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
791 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
792 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
793 void settings_dialog::get_lexer_settings (QsciLexer *lexer, |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
794 gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
795 { |
29162
bb6bb306b8a6
copy lexer settings from default settings file for new languages
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29148
diff
changeset
|
796 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
797 |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
798 int styles[ed_max_lexer_styles]; // array for saving valid styles |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
799 // (enum is not continuous) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
800 int max_style = rmgr.get_valid_lexer_styles (lexer, styles); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
801 QGridLayout *style_grid = new QGridLayout (); |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
802 QVector<QLabel *> description (max_style); |
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
803 QVector<QFontComboBox *> select_font (max_style); |
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
804 QVector<QSpinBox *> font_size (max_style); |
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
805 QVector<QCheckBox *> attrib_font (3 * max_style); |
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
806 QVector<color_picker *> color (max_style); |
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
807 QVector<color_picker *> bg_color (max_style); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
808 int default_size = 10; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
809 QFont default_font = QFont (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
810 int label_width; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
811 QColor default_color = QColor (); |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
812 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
813 for (int i = 0; i < max_style; i++) // create dialog elements for all styles |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
814 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
815 QString actual_name = lexer->description (styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
816 QFont actual_font = lexer->font (styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
817 description[i] = new QLabel (actual_name); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
818 description[i]->setWordWrap (true); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
819 label_width = 24*description[i]->fontMetrics ().averageCharWidth (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
820 description[i]->setMaximumSize (label_width, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
821 description[i]->setMinimumSize (label_width, 1); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
822 select_font[i] = new QFontComboBox (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
823 select_font[i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_font"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
824 select_font[i]->setMaximumSize (label_width, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
825 select_font[i]->setMinimumSize (label_width, 1); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
826 font_size[i] = new QSpinBox (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
827 font_size[i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_size"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
828 if (styles[i] == 0) // the default |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
829 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
830 select_font[i]->setCurrentFont (actual_font); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
831 default_font = actual_font; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
832 font_size[i]->setRange (6, 24); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
833 default_size = actual_font.pointSize (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
834 font_size[i]->setValue (default_size); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
835 default_color = lexer->defaultPaper (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
836 bg_color[i] = new color_picker (default_color); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
837 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
838 else // other styles |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
839 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
840 select_font[i]->setCurrentFont (actual_font); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
841 if (actual_font.family () == default_font.family ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
842 select_font[i]->setEditText (lexer->description (0)); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
843 font_size[i]->setRange (-4, 4); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
844 font_size[i]->setValue (actual_font.pointSize ()-default_size); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
845 font_size[i]->setToolTip (QObject::tr ("Difference to the default size")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
846 if (lexer->paper (styles[i]) == default_color) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
847 bg_color[i] = new color_picker (settings_color_no_change); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
848 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
849 bg_color[i] = new color_picker (lexer->paper (styles[i])); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
850 bg_color[i]->setToolTip |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
851 (QObject::tr ("Background color, pink (255, 0, 255) means default")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
852 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
853 attrib_font[0+3*i] = new QCheckBox (QObject::tr ("b", "short form for bold")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
854 attrib_font[1+3*i] = new QCheckBox (QObject::tr ("i", "short form for italic")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
855 attrib_font[2+3*i] = new QCheckBox (QObject::tr ("u", "short form for underlined")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
856 attrib_font[0+3*i]->setChecked (actual_font.bold ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
857 attrib_font[0+3*i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_bold"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
858 attrib_font[1+3*i]->setChecked (actual_font.italic ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
859 attrib_font[1+3*i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_italic"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
860 attrib_font[2+3*i]->setChecked (actual_font.underline ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
861 attrib_font[2+3*i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_underline"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
862 color[i] = new color_picker (lexer->color (styles[i])); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
863 color[i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_color"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
864 bg_color[i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_bg_color"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
865 int column = 1; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
866 style_grid->addWidget (description[i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
867 style_grid->addWidget (select_font[i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
868 style_grid->addWidget (font_size[i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
869 style_grid->addWidget (attrib_font[0+3*i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
870 style_grid->addWidget (attrib_font[1+3*i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
871 style_grid->addWidget (attrib_font[2+3*i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
872 style_grid->addWidget (color[i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
873 style_grid->addWidget (bg_color[i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
874 } |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
875 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
876 // place grid with elements into the tab |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
877 QScrollArea *scroll_area = new QScrollArea (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
878 QWidget *scroll_area_contents = new QWidget (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
879 scroll_area_contents->setObjectName (QString (lexer->language ()) + "_styles"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
880 scroll_area_contents->setLayout (style_grid); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
881 scroll_area->setWidget (scroll_area_contents); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
882 tabs_editor_lexers->addTab (scroll_area, lexer->language ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
883 |
27867
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
884 tabs_editor_lexers->setCurrentIndex (settings->value (sd_last_editor_styles_tab).toInt ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
885 } |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
886 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
887 void settings_dialog::write_lexer_settings (QsciLexer *lexer, |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
888 gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
889 { |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
890 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
891 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
892 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
893 = group_box_editor_styles->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ed_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
894 int mode = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
895 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
896 mode = 1; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
897 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
898 settings->setValue (ed_color_mode.key, mode); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
899 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
900 QWidget *tab = tabs_editor_lexers-> |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
901 findChild <QWidget *> (QString (lexer->language ()) + "_styles"); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
902 int styles[ed_max_lexer_styles]; // array for saving valid styles |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
903 // (enum is not continuous) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
904 int max_style = rmgr.get_valid_lexer_styles (lexer, styles); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
905 QFontComboBox *select_font; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
906 QSpinBox *font_size; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
907 QCheckBox *attrib_font[3]; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
908 color_picker *color; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
909 color_picker *bg_color; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
910 int default_size = 10; |
26008
38a881b8fbec
do not use courier new as default font (bug #54086)
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25974
diff
changeset
|
911 |
38a881b8fbec
do not use courier new as default font (bug #54086)
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25974
diff
changeset
|
912 QString default_font_name |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
913 = settings->value (global_mono_font).toString (); |
26008
38a881b8fbec
do not use courier new as default font (bug #54086)
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25974
diff
changeset
|
914 QFont default_font = QFont (default_font_name, 10, -1, 0); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
915 QColor default_color = QColor (); |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
916 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
917 for (int i = 0; i < max_style; i++) // get dialog elements and their contents |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
918 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
919 QString actual_name = lexer->description (styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
920 select_font = tab->findChild <QFontComboBox *> (actual_name + "_font"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
921 font_size = tab->findChild <QSpinBox *> (actual_name + "_size"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
922 attrib_font[0] = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_bold"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
923 attrib_font[1] = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_italic"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
924 attrib_font[2] = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_underline"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
925 color = tab->findChild <color_picker *> (actual_name + "_color"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
926 bg_color = tab->findChild <color_picker *> (actual_name + "_bg_color"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
927 QFont new_font = default_font; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
928 if (select_font) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
929 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
930 new_font = select_font->currentFont (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
931 if (styles[i] == 0) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
932 default_font = new_font; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
933 else if (select_font->currentText () == lexer->description (0)) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
934 new_font = default_font; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
935 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
936 if (font_size) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
937 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
938 if (styles[i] == 0) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
939 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
940 default_size = font_size->value (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
941 new_font.setPointSize (font_size->value ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
942 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
943 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
944 new_font.setPointSize (font_size->value ()+default_size); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
945 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
946 if (attrib_font[0]) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
947 new_font.setBold (attrib_font[0]->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
948 if (attrib_font[1]) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
949 new_font.setItalic (attrib_font[1]->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
950 if (attrib_font[2]) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
951 new_font.setUnderline (attrib_font[2]->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
952 lexer->setFont (new_font, styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
953 if (styles[i] == 0) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
954 lexer->setDefaultFont (new_font); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
955 if (color) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
956 lexer->setColor (color->color (), styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
957 if (bg_color) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
958 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
959 if (styles[i] == 0) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
960 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
961 default_color = bg_color->color (); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
962 lexer->setPaper (default_color, styles[i]); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
963 lexer->setDefaultPaper (default_color); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
964 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
965 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
966 { |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
967 if (bg_color->color () == settings_color_no_change) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
968 lexer->setPaper (default_color, styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
969 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
970 lexer->setPaper (bg_color->color (), styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
971 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
972 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
973 } |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
974 |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
975 const std::string group = |
29608
dc171e0452cf
libgui: Avoid dangling reference with QString::toStdString.
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
29560
diff
changeset
|
976 QString ("Scintilla" + settings_color_modes_ext[mode]).toStdString (); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
977 |
29608
dc171e0452cf
libgui: Avoid dangling reference with QString::toStdString.
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
29560
diff
changeset
|
978 lexer->writeSettings (*settings, group.c_str ()); |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
979 |
27867
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
980 settings->setValue (sd_last_editor_styles_tab.key, |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
981 tabs_editor_lexers->currentIndex ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
982 settings->sync (); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
983 } |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
984 |
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
985 #endif |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
986 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
987 void settings_dialog::write_changed_settings (bool closing) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
988 { |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
989 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
990 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
991 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
992 // the icon set |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
993 QString widget_icon_set = "NONE"; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
994 if (general_icon_letter->isChecked ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
995 widget_icon_set = "LETTER"; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
996 else if (general_icon_graphic->isChecked ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
997 widget_icon_set = "GRAPHIC"; |
27665
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
998 settings->setValue (dw_icon_set.key, widget_icon_set); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
999 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1000 // language |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1001 QString language = comboBox_language->currentText (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1002 if (language == tr ("System setting")) |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1003 language = global_language.def.toString (); |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1004 settings->setValue (global_language.key, language); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1005 |
26227
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
1006 // style |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
1007 QString selected_style = combo_styles->currentText (); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
1008 if (selected_style == global_style.def.toString ()) |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
1009 selected_style = global_style.def.toString (); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
1010 settings->setValue (global_style.key, selected_style); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
1011 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1012 // dock widget title bar |
27665
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1013 settings->setValue (dw_title_custom_style.key, cb_widget_custom_style->isChecked ()); |
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1014 settings->setValue (dw_title_3d.key, sb_3d_title->value ()); |
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1015 settings->setValue (dw_title_bg_color.key, m_widget_title_bg_color->color ()); |
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1016 settings->setValue (dw_title_bg_color_active.key, m_widget_title_bg_color_active->color ()); |
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1017 settings->setValue (dw_title_fg_color.key, m_widget_title_fg_color->color ()); |
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1018 settings->setValue (dw_title_fg_color_active.key, m_widget_title_fg_color_active->color ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1019 |
26140
8fb8cb4a03f8
preference for (not) using system icon theme
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26135
diff
changeset
|
1020 // icon size and theme |
26135
a332d83cc659
fix use of icon size preferences
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26096
diff
changeset
|
1021 int icon_size = icon_size_large->isChecked () - icon_size_small->isChecked (); |
a332d83cc659
fix use of icon size preferences
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26096
diff
changeset
|
1022 settings->setValue (global_icon_size.key, icon_size); |
26140
8fb8cb4a03f8
preference for (not) using system icon theme
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26135
diff
changeset
|
1023 settings->setValue (global_icon_theme.key, cb_system_icon_theme->isChecked ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1024 |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
1025 // native file dialogs |
27570
775412096ae4
use symbolic constants for file dock widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27563
diff
changeset
|
1026 settings->setValue (global_use_native_dialogs.key, cb_use_native_file_dialogs->isChecked ()); |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
1027 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1028 // cursor blinking |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1029 settings->setValue (global_cursor_blinking.key, cb_cursor_blinking->isChecked ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1030 |
29202
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
1031 // focus follows mouse |
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
1032 settings->setValue (dw_focus_follows_mouse.key, cb_focus_follows_mouse->isChecked ()); |
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
1033 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1034 // promp to exit |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1035 settings->setValue (global_prompt_to_exit.key, cb_prompt_to_exit->isChecked ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1036 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1037 // status bar |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1038 settings->setValue (global_status_bar.key, cb_status_bar->isChecked ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1039 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1040 // Octave startup |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1041 settings->setValue (global_restore_ov_dir.key, cb_restore_octave_dir->isChecked ()); |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1042 settings->setValue (global_ov_startup_dir.key, le_octave_dir->text ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1043 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1044 //editor |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1045 settings->setValue (global_use_custom_editor.key, useCustomFileEditor->isChecked ()); |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1046 settings->setValue (global_custom_editor.key, customFileEditor->text ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1047 settings->setValue (ed_show_line_numbers.key, editor_showLineNumbers->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1048 settings->setValue (ed_line_numbers_size.key, editor_linenr_size->value ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1049 settings->setValue (ed_highlight_current_line.key, editor_highlightCurrentLine->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1050 settings->setValue (ed_long_line_marker.key, editor_long_line_marker->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1051 settings->setValue (ed_long_line_marker_line.key, editor_long_line_marker_line->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1052 settings->setValue (ed_long_line_marker_background.key, editor_long_line_marker_background->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1053 settings->setValue (ed_long_line_column.key, editor_long_line_column->value ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1054 settings->setValue (ed_break_lines.key, editor_break_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1055 settings->setValue (ed_break_lines_comments.key, editor_break_comments_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1056 settings->setValue (ed_wrap_lines.key, editor_wrap_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1057 settings->setValue (ed_code_folding.key, cb_code_folding->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1058 settings->setValue (ed_show_edit_status_bar.key, cb_edit_status_bar->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1059 settings->setValue (ed_show_toolbar.key, cb_edit_tool_bar->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1060 settings->setValue (ed_highlight_all_occurrences.key, editor_highlight_all_occurrences->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1061 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion.key, editor_codeCompletion->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1062 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_threshold.key, editor_spinbox_ac_threshold->value ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1063 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_keywords.key, editor_checkbox_ac_keywords->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1064 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_octave_builtins.key, editor_checkbox_ac_builtins->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1065 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_octave_functions.key, editor_checkbox_ac_functions->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1066 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_document.key, editor_checkbox_ac_document->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1067 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_case.key, editor_checkbox_ac_case->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1068 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_replace.key, editor_checkbox_ac_replace->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1069 settings->setValue (ed_auto_endif.key, editor_auto_endif->currentIndex ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1070 settings->setValue (ed_show_white_space.key, editor_ws_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1071 settings->setValue (ed_show_white_space_indent.key, editor_ws_indent_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1072 settings->setValue (ed_show_eol_chars.key, cb_show_eol->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1073 settings->setValue (ed_show_hscroll_bar.key, cb_show_hscrollbar->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1074 settings->setValue (ed_default_eol_mode.key, combo_eol_mode->currentIndex ()); |
24475
8cb985e362f3
Allow uncommenting with any kind of comment (bug #52695):
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
24290
diff
changeset
|
1075 |
27055
b38807a23fd2
add a preference for the tab positions in the editor (bug #56158)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
26530
diff
changeset
|
1076 settings->setValue (ed_tab_position.key, editor_combox_tab_pos->currentIndex ()); |
29467
80457383d5e1
allow rotated tabs in the file editor (bug #60276)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29359
diff
changeset
|
1077 settings->setValue (ed_tabs_rotated.key, editor_cb_tabs_rotated->isChecked ()); |
80457383d5e1
allow rotated tabs in the file editor (bug #60276)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29359
diff
changeset
|
1078 settings->setValue (ed_tabs_max_width.key, editor_sb_tabs_max_width->value ()); |
27055
b38807a23fd2
add a preference for the tab positions in the editor (bug #56158)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
26530
diff
changeset
|
1079 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1080 // Comment strings |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1081 int rb_uncomment = 0; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1082 for (int i = 0; i < ed_comment_strings_count; i++) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1083 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1084 if (m_rb_comment_strings[i]->isChecked ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1085 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1086 settings->setValue (ed_comment_str.key, i); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1087 if (i < 3) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1088 settings->setValue (ed_comment_str_old.key, i); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1089 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1090 settings->setValue (ed_comment_str_old.key, ed_comment_str.def); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1091 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1092 if (m_rb_uncomment_strings[i]->isChecked ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1093 rb_uncomment = rb_uncomment + (1 << i); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1094 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1095 settings->setValue (ed_uncomment_str.key, rb_uncomment); |
24475
8cb985e362f3
Allow uncommenting with any kind of comment (bug #52695):
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
24290
diff
changeset
|
1096 |
27562
d7876110e854
use symbolic preference keys if available
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27560
diff
changeset
|
1097 settings->setValue (ed_default_enc.key, editor_combo_encoding->currentText ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1098 settings->setValue (ed_auto_indent.key, editor_auto_ind_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1099 settings->setValue (ed_tab_indents_line.key, editor_tab_ind_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1100 settings->setValue (ed_backspace_unindents_line.key, editor_bs_unind_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1101 settings->setValue (ed_show_indent_guides.key, editor_ind_guides_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1102 settings->setValue (ed_indent_width.key, editor_ind_width_spinbox->value ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1103 settings->setValue (ed_indent_uses_tabs.key, editor_ind_uses_tabs_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1104 settings->setValue (ed_tab_width.key, editor_tab_width_spinbox->value ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1105 settings->setValue (ed_restore_session.key, editor_restoreSession->isChecked ()); |
27849
28d7ec92bae6
replace prefs literals by symbolic constant in main window
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27818
diff
changeset
|
1106 settings->setValue (ed_create_new_file.key, editor_create_new_file->isChecked ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1107 settings->setValue (ed_hiding_closes_files.key, editor_hiding_closes_files->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1108 settings->setValue (ed_always_reload_changed_files.key, editor_reload_changed_files->isChecked ()); |
28132
4cfe24f56336
add editor prefs for forcing coding standards (bug #57860, bug #57861)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27935
diff
changeset
|
1109 settings->setValue (ed_force_newline.key, editor_force_newline->isChecked ()); |
4cfe24f56336
add editor prefs for forcing coding standards (bug #57860, bug #57861)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27935
diff
changeset
|
1110 settings->setValue (ed_rm_trailing_spaces.key, editor_remove_trailing_spaces->isChecked ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1111 settings->setValue (ed_show_dbg_file.key, editor_show_dbg_file->isChecked ()); |
25622
a7ee69d23f32
add a gui preference for opening files when debugging in console (bug #49119)
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25617
diff
changeset
|
1112 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1113 // file browser |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1114 settings->setValue (fb_sync_octdir.key, sync_octave_directory->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1115 settings->setValue (fb_restore_last_dir.key, cb_restore_file_browser_dir->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1116 settings->setValue (fb_startup_dir.key, le_file_browser_dir->text ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1117 settings->setValue (fb_txt_file_ext.key, le_file_browser_extensions->text ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1118 |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1119 // network |
27613
deb8877f2c34
use symbolic constants for preferences key and default values in news reader
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27611
diff
changeset
|
1120 settings->setValue (nr_allow_connection.key, checkbox_allow_web_connect->isChecked ()); |
28409
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1121 settings->setValue (global_use_proxy.key, use_proxy_server->isChecked ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1122 settings->setValue (global_proxy_type.key, proxy_type->currentText ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1123 settings->setValue (global_proxy_host.key, proxy_host_name->text ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1124 settings->setValue (global_proxy_port.key, proxy_port->text ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1125 settings->setValue (global_proxy_user.key, proxy_username->text ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1126 settings->setValue (global_proxy_pass.key, proxy_password->text ()); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1127 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1128 // command window |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1129 settings->setValue (cs_font_size.key, terminal_fontSize->value ()); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1130 settings->setValue (cs_font.key, terminal_fontName->currentFont ().family ()); |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1131 settings->setValue (cs_cursor_use_fgcol.key, terminal_cursorUseForegroundColor->isChecked ()); |
29143
a43cf0300dcd
fix focus command window after command execution (bug #59609)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28334
diff
changeset
|
1132 settings->setValue (cs_focus_cmd.key, terminal_focus_command->isChecked ()); |
27849
28d7ec92bae6
replace prefs literals by symbolic constant in main window
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27818
diff
changeset
|
1133 settings->setValue (cs_dbg_location.key, terminal_print_dbg_location->isChecked ()); |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1134 settings->setValue (cs_hist_buffer.key, terminal_history_buffer->value ()); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1135 write_terminal_colors (settings); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1136 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1137 // the cursor |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1138 QString cursor_type; |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1139 unsigned int cursor_int = terminal_cursorType->currentIndex (); |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1140 if ((cursor_int > 0) && (cursor_int < cs_cursor_types.size ())) |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1141 cursor_type = QString (cs_cursor_types[cursor_int].data ()); |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1142 else |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1143 cursor_type = cs_cursor.def.toString (); |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1144 |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1145 settings->setValue (cs_cursor.key, cursor_type); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1146 |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1147 #if defined (HAVE_QSCINTILLA) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1148 // editor styles: create lexer, get dialog contents, and write settings |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1149 QsciLexer *lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1150 |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1151 #if defined (HAVE_LEXER_OCTAVE) |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1152 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1153 lexer = new QsciLexerOctave (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1154 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1155 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1156 |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1157 #elif defined (HAVE_LEXER_MATLAB) |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1158 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1159 lexer = new QsciLexerMatlab (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1160 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1161 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1162 |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1163 #endif |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1164 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1165 lexer = new QsciLexerCPP (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1166 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1167 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1168 |
29165
617d3aa713a4
add java file support in gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29162
diff
changeset
|
1169 lexer = new QsciLexerJava (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1170 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
29165
617d3aa713a4
add java file support in gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29162
diff
changeset
|
1171 delete lexer; |
617d3aa713a4
add java file support in gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29162
diff
changeset
|
1172 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1173 lexer = new QsciLexerPerl (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1174 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1175 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1176 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1177 lexer = new QsciLexerBatch (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1178 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1179 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1180 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1181 lexer = new QsciLexerDiff (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1182 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1183 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1184 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1185 lexer = new QsciLexerBash (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1186 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1187 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1188 |
27102
84ff9953faa1
where possible, eliminate octave:: namespace qualifier inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27055
diff
changeset
|
1189 lexer = new octave_txt_lexer (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1190 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1191 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1192 |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1193 #endif |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1194 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1195 // Workspace |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1196 write_workspace_colors (settings); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1197 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1198 // Variable editor |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1199 settings->setValue (ve_column_width.key, varedit_columnWidth->value ()); |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1200 settings->setValue (ve_row_height.key, varedit_rowHeight->value ()); |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1201 settings->setValue (ve_use_terminal_font.key, varedit_useTerminalFont->isChecked ()); |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1202 settings->setValue (ve_alternate_rows.key, varedit_alternate->isChecked ()); |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1203 settings->setValue (ve_font_name.key, varedit_font->currentFont ().family ()); |
27562
d7876110e854
use symbolic preference keys if available
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27560
diff
changeset
|
1204 settings->setValue (ve_font_size.key, varedit_fontSize->value ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1205 write_varedit_colors (settings); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1206 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1207 // shortcuts |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
1208 |
27818
fa0582694fda
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for shortcut preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27805
diff
changeset
|
1209 settings->setValue (sc_prevent_rl_conflicts.key, cb_prevent_readline_conflicts->isChecked ()); |
29084
2a70a068c4ab
add option for using alt-modifer in command windows readline (bug #59478)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28409
diff
changeset
|
1210 settings->setValue (sc_prevent_rl_conflicts_menu.key, cb_prevent_readline_conflicts_menu->isChecked ()); |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
1211 shortcut_manager& scmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_shortcut_manager (); |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
1212 scmgr.write_shortcuts (settings, closing); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1213 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1214 // settings dialog's geometry |
27867
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
1215 settings->setValue (sd_last_tab.key, tabWidget->currentIndex ()); |
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
1216 settings->setValue (sd_geometry.key, saveGeometry ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1217 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1218 settings->sync (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1219 } |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1220 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1221 void settings_dialog::read_workspace_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1222 { |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1223 // Construct the grid with all color related settings |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1224 QGridLayout *style_grid = new QGridLayout (); |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
1225 QVector<QLabel *> description (ws_colors_count); |
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
1226 QVector<color_picker *> color (ws_colors_count); |
16610
a1f613e5066d
workspace view colors based upon variable scope (derived from Dan's patch #8013)
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16525
diff
changeset
|
1227 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1228 int column = 0; |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1229 const int color_columns = 3; // place colors in so many columns |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1230 int row = 0; |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1231 int mode = settings->value (ws_color_mode).toInt (); |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1232 |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1233 m_ws_enable_colors = new QCheckBox (tr ("Enable attribute colors")); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1234 style_grid->addWidget (m_ws_enable_colors, row++, column, 1, 4); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1235 |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1236 m_ws_hide_tool_tips = new QCheckBox (tr ("Hide tools tips")); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1237 style_grid->addWidget (m_ws_hide_tool_tips, row++, column, 1, 4); |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1238 connect (m_ws_enable_colors, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1239 m_ws_hide_tool_tips, &QCheckBox::setEnabled); |
27276
7455523fdf01
style fixes: avoid breaking lines immediately after '('
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27102
diff
changeset
|
1240 m_ws_hide_tool_tips->setChecked |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
1241 (settings->value (ws_hide_tool_tips).toBool ()); |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1242 |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1243 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode = new QCheckBox (settings_color_modes); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1244 cb_color_mode->setToolTip (settings_color_modes_tooltip); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1245 cb_color_mode->setChecked (mode == 1); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1246 cb_color_mode->setObjectName (ws_color_mode.key); |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1247 connect (m_ws_enable_colors, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1248 cb_color_mode, &QCheckBox::setEnabled); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1249 style_grid->addWidget (cb_color_mode, row, column); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1250 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1251 QPushButton *pb_reload_default_colors = new QPushButton (settings_reload_colors); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1252 pb_reload_default_colors->setToolTip (settings_reload_colors_tooltip); |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1253 connect (m_ws_enable_colors, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1254 pb_reload_default_colors, &QPushButton::setEnabled); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1255 style_grid->addWidget (pb_reload_default_colors, row+1, column++); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1256 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1257 bool colors_enabled = settings->value (ws_enable_colors).toBool (); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1258 |
27660
30e84a3d58e5
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27630
diff
changeset
|
1259 for (int i = 0; i < ws_colors_count; i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1260 { |
27890
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1261 description[i] = new QLabel (" " |
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1262 + tr (ws_color_names.at (i).toStdString ().data ())); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1263 description[i]->setAlignment (Qt::AlignRight); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1264 description[i]->setEnabled (colors_enabled); |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1265 connect (m_ws_enable_colors, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1266 description[i], &QLabel::setEnabled); |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1267 |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1268 QColor setting_color = settings->color_value (ws_colors[i], mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1269 color[i] = new color_picker (setting_color); |
27660
30e84a3d58e5
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27630
diff
changeset
|
1270 color[i]->setObjectName (ws_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1271 color[i]->setMinimumSize (30, 10); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1272 color[i]->setEnabled (colors_enabled); |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1273 connect (m_ws_enable_colors, &QCheckBox::toggled, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1274 color[i], &color_picker::setEnabled); |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1275 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1276 style_grid->addWidget (description[i], row, 3*column); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1277 style_grid->addWidget (color[i], row, 3*column+1); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1278 if (++column > color_columns) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1279 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1280 style_grid->setColumnStretch (4*column, 10); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1281 row++; |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1282 column = 1; |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1283 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1284 } |
16610
a1f613e5066d
workspace view colors based upon variable scope (derived from Dan's patch #8013)
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16525
diff
changeset
|
1285 |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1286 // Load enable settings at the end for having signals already connected |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1287 m_ws_enable_colors->setChecked (colors_enabled); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1288 m_ws_hide_tool_tips->setEnabled (colors_enabled); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1289 cb_color_mode->setEnabled (colors_enabled); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1290 pb_reload_default_colors->setEnabled (colors_enabled); |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1291 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1292 // place grid with elements into the tab |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1293 workspace_colors_box->setLayout (style_grid); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1294 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1295 // update colors depending on second theme selection or reloading |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1296 // the dfault values |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1297 connect (cb_color_mode, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1298 this, &settings_dialog::update_workspace_colors); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1299 connect (pb_reload_default_colors, &QPushButton::clicked, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1300 [=] () { update_workspace_colors (settings_reload_default_colors_flag); }); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1301 } |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1302 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1303 void settings_dialog::update_workspace_colors (int def) |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1304 { |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1305 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1306 = workspace_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ws_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1307 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1308 int m = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1309 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1310 m = 1; |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1311 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1312 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1313 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1314 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1315 color_picker *c_picker; |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1316 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1317 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ws_colors_count; i++) |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1318 { |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1319 c_picker = workspace_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (ws_colors[i].key); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1320 if (c_picker) |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1321 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1322 if (def != settings_reload_default_colors_flag) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1323 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1324 // Get current value from settings or the default |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1325 c_picker->set_color (settings->color_value (ws_colors[i], m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1326 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1327 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1328 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1329 // Get the default value |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1330 c_picker->set_color (settings->get_color_value (ws_colors[i].def, m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1331 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1332 } |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1333 } |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1334 } |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1335 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1336 void settings_dialog::write_workspace_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1337 { |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1338 settings->setValue (ws_enable_colors.key, m_ws_enable_colors->isChecked ()); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1339 settings->setValue (ws_hide_tool_tips.key, m_ws_hide_tool_tips->isChecked ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1340 |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1341 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1342 = workspace_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ws_color_mode.key); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1343 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1344 int mode = 0; |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1345 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1346 mode = 1; |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1347 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1348 color_picker *color; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1349 |
27660
30e84a3d58e5
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27630
diff
changeset
|
1350 for (int i = 0; i < ws_colors_count; i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1351 { |
27660
30e84a3d58e5
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27630
diff
changeset
|
1352 color = workspace_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (ws_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1353 if (color) |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1354 settings->set_color_value (ws_colors[i], color->color (), mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1355 } |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1356 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1357 settings->setValue (ws_color_mode.key, mode); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1358 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1359 settings->sync (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1360 } |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1361 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1362 void settings_dialog::read_terminal_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1363 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1364 QGridLayout *style_grid = new QGridLayout (); |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
1365 QVector<QLabel *> description (cs_colors_count); |
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
1366 QVector<color_picker *> color (cs_colors_count); |
16620
818eef7b2618
allow terminal colors to be set from preferences dialog
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
16610
diff
changeset
|
1367 |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1368 int mode = settings->value (cs_color_mode).toInt (); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1369 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1370 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode = new QCheckBox (settings_color_modes); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1371 cb_color_mode->setToolTip (settings_color_modes_tooltip); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1372 cb_color_mode->setChecked (mode == 1); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1373 cb_color_mode->setObjectName (cs_color_mode.key); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1374 style_grid->addWidget (cb_color_mode, 0, 0); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1375 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1376 QPushButton *pb_reload_default_colors = new QPushButton (settings_reload_colors); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1377 pb_reload_default_colors->setToolTip (settings_reload_colors_tooltip); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1378 style_grid->addWidget (pb_reload_default_colors, 1, 0); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1379 |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1380 int column = 1; // column 0 is for the color mode checkbox |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1381 const int color_columns = 2; // place colors in so many columns |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1382 int row = 0; |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1383 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < cs_colors_count; i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1384 { |
27890
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1385 description[i] = new QLabel (" " |
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1386 + tr (cs_color_names.at (i).toStdString ().data ())); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1387 description[i]->setAlignment (Qt::AlignRight); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1388 QColor setting_color = settings->color_value (cs_colors[i], mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1389 color[i] = new color_picker (setting_color); |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1390 color[i]->setObjectName (cs_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1391 color[i]->setMinimumSize (30, 10); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1392 style_grid->addWidget (description[i], row, 2*column); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1393 style_grid->addWidget (color[i], row, 2*column+1); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1394 if (++column > color_columns) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1395 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1396 style_grid->setColumnStretch (3*column, 10); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1397 row++; |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1398 column = 1; |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1399 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1400 } |
16620
818eef7b2618
allow terminal colors to be set from preferences dialog
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
16610
diff
changeset
|
1401 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1402 // place grid with elements into the tab |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1403 terminal_colors_box->setLayout (style_grid); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1404 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1405 // update colors depending on second theme selection |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1406 connect (cb_color_mode, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1407 this, &settings_dialog::update_terminal_colors); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1408 connect (pb_reload_default_colors, &QPushButton::clicked, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1409 [=] () { update_terminal_colors (settings_reload_default_colors_flag); }); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1410 } |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1411 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1412 void settings_dialog::update_terminal_colors (int def) |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1413 { |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1414 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1415 = terminal_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (cs_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1416 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1417 int m = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1418 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1419 m = 1; |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1420 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1421 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1422 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1423 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1424 color_picker *c_picker; |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1425 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1426 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < cs_colors_count; i++) |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1427 { |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1428 c_picker = terminal_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (cs_colors[i].key); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1429 if (c_picker) |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1430 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1431 if (def != settings_reload_default_colors_flag) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1432 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1433 // Get current value from settings or the default |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1434 c_picker->set_color (settings->color_value (cs_colors[i], m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1435 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1436 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1437 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1438 // Get the default value |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1439 c_picker->set_color (settings->get_color_value (cs_colors[i].def, m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1440 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1441 } |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1442 } |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1443 } |
16402
7fa90eb41240
gui: individually configurable styles of the editor lexers
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16379
diff
changeset
|
1444 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1445 void settings_dialog::write_terminal_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1446 { |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1447 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1448 = terminal_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (cs_color_mode.key); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1449 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1450 int mode = 0; |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1451 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1452 mode = 1; |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1453 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1454 color_picker *color; |
16620
818eef7b2618
allow terminal colors to be set from preferences dialog
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
16610
diff
changeset
|
1455 |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1456 for (int i = 0; i < cs_color_names.size (); i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1457 { |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1458 color = terminal_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (cs_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1459 if (color) |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1460 settings->set_color_value (cs_colors[i], color->color (), mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1461 } |
19632
101ce4eaa56c
prevent opening the settings dialog multiple times
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
19631
diff
changeset
|
1462 |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1463 settings->setValue (cs_color_mode.key, mode); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1464 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1465 settings->sync (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1466 } |
18310
03a8428adef7
gui: provide prefernces for the file browser's directory at startup
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
18309
diff
changeset
|
1467 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1468 void settings_dialog::read_varedit_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1469 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1470 QGridLayout *style_grid = new QGridLayout (); |
30398
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
1471 QVector<QLabel *> description (ve_colors_count); |
d4d83344d653
maint: style check C++ files in src/ and libgui/ ahead of 7.1 release.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
29608
diff
changeset
|
1472 QVector<color_picker *> color (ve_colors_count); |
18310
03a8428adef7
gui: provide prefernces for the file browser's directory at startup
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
18309
diff
changeset
|
1473 |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1474 int mode = settings->value (ve_color_mode).toInt (); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1475 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1476 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode = new QCheckBox (settings_color_modes); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1477 cb_color_mode->setToolTip (settings_color_modes_tooltip); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1478 cb_color_mode->setChecked (mode == 1); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1479 cb_color_mode->setObjectName (ve_color_mode.key); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1480 style_grid->addWidget (cb_color_mode, 0, 0); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1481 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1482 QPushButton *pb_reload_default_colors = new QPushButton (settings_reload_colors); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1483 pb_reload_default_colors->setToolTip (settings_reload_colors_tooltip); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1484 style_grid->addWidget (pb_reload_default_colors, 1, 0); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1485 |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1486 int column = 1; |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1487 int color_columns = 2; |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1488 int row = 0; |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1489 for (int i = 0; i < ve_colors_count; i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1490 { |
27890
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1491 description[i] = new QLabel (" " |
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1492 + tr (ve_color_names.at (i).toStdString ().data ())); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1493 description[i]->setAlignment (Qt::AlignRight); |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1494 |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1495 QColor setting_color = settings->color_value (ve_colors[i], mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1496 color[i] = new color_picker (setting_color); |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1497 color[i]->setObjectName (ve_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1498 color[i]->setMinimumSize (30, 10); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1499 style_grid->addWidget (description[i], row, 2*column); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1500 style_grid->addWidget (color[i], row, 2*column+1); |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1501 if (++column > color_columns) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1502 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1503 style_grid->setColumnStretch (3*column, 10); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1504 row++; |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1505 column = 1; |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1506 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1507 } |
23927
e3a36f84d01d
provide variable-editor widget for the GUI
Michael Barnes <mjbcode@runbox.com>
parents:
23810
diff
changeset
|
1508 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1509 // place grid with elements into the tab |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1510 varedit_colors_box->setLayout (style_grid); |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1511 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1512 // update colors depending on second theme selection |
29542
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1513 connect (cb_color_mode, &QCheckBox::stateChanged, |
3d34b70b5a49
connect many Qt signals and slots without SIGNAL and SLOT macros
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29524
diff
changeset
|
1514 this, &settings_dialog::update_varedit_colors); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1515 connect (pb_reload_default_colors, &QPushButton::clicked, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1516 [=] () { update_varedit_colors (settings_reload_default_colors_flag); }); |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1517 } |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1518 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1519 void settings_dialog::update_varedit_colors (int def) |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1520 { |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1521 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1522 = varedit_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ve_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1523 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1524 int m = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1525 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1526 m = 1; |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1527 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1528 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1529 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1530 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1531 color_picker *c_picker; |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1532 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1533 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ve_colors_count; i++) |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1534 { |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1535 c_picker = varedit_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (ve_colors[i].key); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1536 if (c_picker) |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1537 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1538 if (def != settings_reload_default_colors_flag) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1539 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1540 // Get current value from settings or the default |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1541 c_picker->set_color (settings->color_value (ve_colors[i], m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1542 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1543 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1544 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1545 // Get the default value |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1546 c_picker->set_color (settings->get_color_value (ve_colors[i].def, m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1547 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1548 } |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1549 } |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1550 } |
18310
03a8428adef7
gui: provide prefernces for the file browser's directory at startup
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
18309
diff
changeset
|
1551 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1552 void settings_dialog::write_varedit_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1553 { |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1554 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1555 = varedit_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ve_color_mode.key); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1556 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1557 int mode = 0; |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1558 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1559 mode = 1; |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1560 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1561 color_picker *color; |
18822
3f6280d0a36b
allow export and import of shortcut sets
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
18733
diff
changeset
|
1562 |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1563 for (int i = 0; i < ve_colors_count; i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1564 { |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1565 color = varedit_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (ve_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1566 if (color) |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1567 settings->set_color_value (ve_colors[i], color->color (), mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1568 } |
18822
3f6280d0a36b
allow export and import of shortcut sets
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
18733
diff
changeset
|
1569 |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1570 settings->setValue (ve_color_mode.key, mode); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1571 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1572 settings->sync (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1573 } |
20702
b6b16d8c8b57
possibility to set all shortcuts to default values and check overwriting
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
20685
diff
changeset
|
1574 } |